14.403
edits
Changes
Jump to navigation
Jump to search
Sətir 1:
Sətir 1: − require('Module:No globals');+ − each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit − + + − + − + + + + + + + − local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers − local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS − + − declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from+ − + + + + − + − + − + + + + Sətir 39:
Sətir 49: − + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Sətir 52:
Sətir 82: − + − + − + − + − added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category+ − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source, position}, true ) } );+ Sətir 66:
Sətir 96: − + Sətir 89:
Sətir 119: − + − RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between+ − + − + − + − + − + Sətir 111:
Sətir 141: − + Sətir 122:
Sətir 152: − + − + − + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + − − local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs − '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld − '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix − '%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) − '%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) − '%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) − '%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD − '^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address − } − − for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list − if domain:match (pattern) then − return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL − end − end − − for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains − if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then − return true − end − end − return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is Sətir 157:
Sətir 182: − + Sətir 166:
Sətir 191: − + − + Sətir 176:
Sətir 201: − + − + − + − + − − Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes − like news: that don't use authority indicator? Sətir 197:
Sətir 219: − + − if utilities.is_set (authority) then + − authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;+ − if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then+ − return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message − end − else − if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? − return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message − end Sətir 220:
Sətir 236: − + − + − + − + − + Sətir 239:
Sətir 255: − + − + Sətir 248:
Sətir 264: − + − − check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language − code and must begin with a colon. Sətir 258:
Sətir 271: − + + − elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki − local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix − − if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon − orig = lorig; -- flag as error − end − + − link = ''; -- unset+ − − − return link; -- link if ok, empty string else Sətir 285:
Sətir 290: − + − + − + − + Sətir 296:
Sətir 301: − + − + Sətir 307:
Sətir 312: − + Sətir 314:
Sətir 319: − + − + − + − + Sətir 327:
Sətir 332: − + − + − + − + − + − + Sətir 352:
Sətir 357: − + − + − + − + − + − + Sətir 373:
Sətir 378: − + Sətir 394:
Sətir 399: − + − + − + − + Sətir 404:
Sətir 409: − + − + − + − + + + + − base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL+ − + − if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)+ − + + + + + + + + + + − + Sətir 429:
Sətir 446: − + Sətir 436:
Sətir 453: − + − end − end − − − --[[--------------------------< D I S C O U R A G E D _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------ − − Categorize and emit an maintenance message when the citation contains one or more discouraged parameters. Only − one error message is emitted regardless of the number of discouraged parameters in the citation. − − added_discouraged_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above − − ]] − − local function discouraged_parameter(name) − if not added_discouraged_cat then − added_discouraged_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'maint_discouraged', {name}, true ) } ); -- add maint message Sətir 460:
Sətir 460: − + Sətir 466:
Sətir 466: − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + Sətir 517:
Sətir 517: − + − + − + Sətir 531:
Sətir 531: − + − + + − + − + − + − + − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message − + − + − + − + − utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) + − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message + − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message − else − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message − + Sətir 578:
Sətir 575: − + − + − + − + Sətir 598:
Sətir 595: − + Sətir 604:
Sətir 601: − + − + − + − Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate+ − label; nil else.+ − − str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= − + − + − local ws_url, ws_label; + − local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); + + + + + + + + − wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) + − + − str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace+ − if utilities.is_set (str) then+ − ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL+ − wikisource_prefix, -- prefix+ − str, -- article title+ − });+ − ws_label = str; -- label for the URL − end − elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] − str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace − − ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL − wikisource_prefix, -- prefix − str, -- article title − }); − ws_label = str; -- label for the URL − end − elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) − str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace − if utilities.is_set (str) then − ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link − ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL − wikisource_prefix, -- prefix − str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink − }); − + − ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL + − ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker − + − + − − Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, − and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter. − − ]] − − local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical) − local periodical_error = ''; − − if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then − periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation − else − periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style − end − − periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped − if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then+ − trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);+ − if utilities.is_set (periodical) then − periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; − else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical − periodical = trans_periodical; − periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); − end − end − return periodical .. periodical_error;+ − end + + − --[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------+ − Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,+ − and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used+ − for error messages).+ − + − + − + − + − if ws_url then + − ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters+ − chapter = ws_label; + + + + − if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then + − chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation+ − else+ − if false == no_quotes then+ − chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks+ − chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);+ − end+ − end+ − − chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped − − if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then − chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate − elseif ws_url then − chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? − chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); − end − − if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then − trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); − if utilities.is_set (chapter) then − chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; − else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter − chapter = trans_chapter; − chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> − chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); − end − end − − return chapter .. chapter_error; − end − − − --[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >------------------- − − This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. − The search stops at the first match. − − This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource. − − Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers − (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. − See also coins_cleanup(). − − Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the − Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, − for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. − − ]] − − local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) − local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker − local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker − local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found − − capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true − if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters − return; − end − − for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do − local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name − − − − − − position = nil; -- unset position − elseif cfg.emoji[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}? − − + − ('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters + − stripmarker = true; -- set a flag+ − − + − + − + − + + − + − + − + − − + − + − + Sətir 835:
Sətir 735: − + − + Sətir 844:
Sətir 744: − + − + Sətir 860:
Sətir 760: − + − When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.+ − When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: − <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY − − DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. + + + + + − + − + − + − − if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then − date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); − elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then + − cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); + − date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); + − end+ − + − return date;+ − + + + + + + + + + + − + − + − This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including+ − |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the+ − special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation+ − (|type=none).+ − + − ]]+ − + − local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)+ − if utilities.is_set (title_type) then+ − if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then + − title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed − + + + + + + + + + + + + + − + + + + + + + − + − Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate+ − like items; unlike items are returned unmodified. These forms are modified:+ − letter - letter (A - B) − digit - digit (4-5) − digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5) − letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and − digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5) − digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and − digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d) − + − − str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list − + − if not utilities.is_set (str) then + − return str;+ − end − local accept; -- Boolean + − + − str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['–'] = '–', ['—'] = '—'}); -- replace — and – entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split − str = str:gsub ('-', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character − − str = str:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace entity with generic keyboard space character − local out = {}; + − local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + − for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list+ − item, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item+ − if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators+ − if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)+ − item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter) − item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit − item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit − item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter − item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters − else − item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace − end − table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table + − local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string + − temp_str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out+ − + − temp_str = utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value+ − + − else + − return temp_str; -- else, return assembled temp_str+ − end+ + + + + + + + − + Sətir 974:
Sətir 896: − local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' + − if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions+ − f.gsub = string.gsub+ − f.match = string.match+ − f.sub = string.sub+ − else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions+ − f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub+ − f.match = mw.ustring.match+ − f.sub = mw.ustring.sub − end − Sətir 995:
Sətir 914: − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − − + Sətir 1.066:
Sətir 984: − + − + − + − + − + − − so editors may/must. − + − Sətir 1.082:
Sətir 997: − + − (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) − + − or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then+ − + − + − − − Sətir 1.102:
Sətir 1.013: − + − if not suffix then + − if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix+ − first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials+ − suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix − end − end − − + Sətir 1.117:
Sətir 1.024: − + − + Sətir 1.126:
Sətir 1.033: − + − + − − + − + − − − + − Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). − + − + Sətir 1.154:
Sətir 1.057: − + Sətir 1.162:
Sətir 1.065: + Sətir 1.177:
Sətir 1.081: − + − + Sətir 1.186:
Sətir 1.090: − + − − Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) − − names in the list will be linked when − |<name>-link= has a value − |<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been − rendered previously so should have been linked there − when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered+ − + − + − + − + + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − − end + − + − if mask then+ − + − − − person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + + + + − if utilities.is_set (person.link) then + − one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor+ − end − if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) − table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names − table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator − end − + − + − + − if 'amp' == format then + − name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text − elseif 'and' == format then − if 2 == count then − name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text − else − name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text − end − end − name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator + − + − + − + − + − + − --[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >----------------------- − + − + + − + − − + − + − + − + − + − − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − − + − + − − + − + − + + − + − if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name + − name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text+ − etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)+ − if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=+ − table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added+ − end+ + + + + − + − − + − − Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters. Does not catch − mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the − current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught. − returns nothing+ + + − + − if utilities.is_set (name) then + − if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters + − utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template+ − end + − end+ − end+ − + − + − + − + − Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations:+ − ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotations do not belong in author parameters and+ − are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup+ − maintenance category. − − returns nothing − − − − local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name) − local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration − + − utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template + + − + − − Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. − Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped" − semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities. − If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category. − returns nothing+ + + − local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;+ − + − + − _, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons − -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in − -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the − -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add − -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new − -- entities − _, nbsps = name:gsub (' ',''); -- count nbsps − -- There is exactly 1 semicolon per entity, so subtract nbsps + − -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,+ − -- they also can be subtracted. − if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then − utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message + − + − + − + − − local accept_name;+ − + − + − + − + − if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup+ − − − name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation − + − + − + − + − if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup+ − name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation − name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation − − + − + − + − + − + − − − + − + − − − + − + − + − − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias+ − − first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate − first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form − }, true ) } ); -- add this error message Sətir 1.507:
Sətir 1.354: − local result; + − link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup − if first then − link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup − end − + − + Sətir 1.523:
Sətir 1.366: − + − + − + − + − + − + − − − mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of − languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' − and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support − code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a − 'language' codes per se, rather they are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org. − A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames() can be found − at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc − Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the+ − |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name+ − will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the+ − associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the − WikiMedia language name. − Some language names have multiple entries under different codes:+ − Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup+ − When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code+ Sətir 1.560:
Sətir 1.392: − + − + − + − + + − local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang); -- lower-case version for comparisons+ − + − + − + − − − ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name + − ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code − -- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return+ − − + − + − + − − + − + − + − − + − + − − + − + − optional space characters. Sətir 1.610:
Sətir 1.435: − + + + − name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()]; -- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap − + − if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private IETF tag+ − lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip IETF tags from code+ − end+ − else+ − − if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code − name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code − end − + − + − + − + − name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names + − + − − utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization + − utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template + − elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled − utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it − utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added + Sətir 1.653:
Sətir 1.472: − + − + − + + + + + + Sətir 1.665:
Sətir 1.489: − --[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- − Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode. − Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default. − In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'. − In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','. − ]] − local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode) − if utilities.is_set(postscript) then − -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript − -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style − if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then − utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); − end − else − postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode]; − end − return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript; − end − + − Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the+ − #invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.+ + − local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class) − local sep; − if 'cs2' == mode then − sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); − elseif 'cs1' == mode then − sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); − elseif 'citation' == cite_class then − sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); − else − sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); − end − + − -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript+ − -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style+ − if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then − utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); − end − postscript = ''; − + − − --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >----------------------------------- − Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions+ − used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links. − returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false+ − + − + − return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or + − url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or + − url:match ('%.PDF#') or url:match ('%.pdf#'); + + + + + − + − Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message+ − if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter+ − − by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with − the appropriate styling. − + − + − format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize+ − if not utilities.is_set (url) then+ − format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message+ − end+ − elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then − format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF − else − format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation − + + − + − Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor+ − name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.+ − When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,+ − return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default − but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). − When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number+ − that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.+ − This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'+ − + − In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.+ − + − inputs:+ − max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal+ − count: #a or #e+ − list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'+ − etal: author_etal or editor_etal+ − − ]] − − − if utilities.is_set (max) then − if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings − max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. − etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() − elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers − max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number − if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors − table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}, true)}); -- add error message − max = nil; − end − else -- not a valid keyword or number − table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}, true)}); -- add error message − max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set − end − + − + − Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be+ − some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.+ − check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:+ − good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px − where x and X are letters and # is a digit − bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG − + − + − if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then + − for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns − if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so − table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', {name}, true)}); -- add error message − return; -- and done − end − end − end − + − Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.+ + + + − For |volume=:+ − 'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter − content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so − are allowed. − For |issue=:+ − 'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the+ − parameter content (all case insensitive).+ − + − Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or+ − whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module. − − <val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value − <name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message − <selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue= − − sets error message on failure; returns nothing − − ]] − − − − return; − end − − local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns; − − local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue'; − val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case − for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns − − table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message (handler, {name}, true)}); -- add error message − return; -- and done + + + + + − + + + + + + + + − split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled+ − parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the+ − rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked+ − |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))+ − + + + + + − + − local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas + − local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder+ − + − local i = 1;+ − + − while name_table[i] do+ − + − local name = name_table[i];+ − i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment + − while name_table[i] do + − name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments − if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses − break; -- and done reassembling so − end − i = i + 1; -- bump indexer − end − table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table − table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink − else − wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] − table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name − if 1 == wl_type then − table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] − else − table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string + + + − i = i + 1;+ − end + − + − + + + + − This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and+ − + + − Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names+ − may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance − tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. − Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.+ + + − This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.+ + + + − ]] − local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)+ − local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= − local v_name_table = {}; − local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table − local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter − local last, first, link, mask, suffix; − local corporate = false; − vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)+ − v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas+ + − for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do + − first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor − local accept_name; − v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name> − if accept_name then+ − last = v_name; − corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() − elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then − if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; − add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i); − end − local lastfirstTable = {} − lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") − first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix − if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters+ − suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix+ − first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table+ − end+ − last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix+ − if not utilities.is_set (last) then + − first = ''; -- unset+ − last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first+ − add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i); + − end+ − if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then+ − add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing+ − end+ − if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test+ − add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials + + + + − last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? + − end+ − + − if utilities.is_set (first) then+ − if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else+ − add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials+ − end − is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit − − first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials − suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names − end − else − if not corporate then − is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i); + + + + − link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; − mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); − names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list − end − return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names − end + + + + − --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------+ + + − Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or+ − select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. − Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;+ − |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn) − When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second+ − test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better − way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. − Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.+ + + + + + + − In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.+ + − ]]+ − + − local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)+ − local lastfirst = false;+ − if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...+ − utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=+ − utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or+ − utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then+ − lastfirst = true; + − end+ − + − if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions+ − (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or+ − (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then+ − local err_name;+ − if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message+ − err_name = 'author'; + − + − err_name = 'editor'; + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters',+ − {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message+ + + + − + − if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use − if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; − if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; − return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last − + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + − + − + − + − specified by ret_val. − + − + − + − + − + − + − + Sətir 2.071:
Sətir 1.865: − + − + − + Sətir 2.089:
Sətir 1.883: − + − + − + − + − + − + Sətir 2.103:
Sətir 1.897: − if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then+ − return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); − end − − − + − + − vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face+ − elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters+ − + − utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol'); − − − + − + Sətir 2.138:
Sətir 1.925: − + Sətir 2.144:
Sətir 1.931: − + Sətir 2.153:
Sətir 1.940: − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − end − − − --[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >---------------------------------------------- − − returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. − − If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text − for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and − add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? − − TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline; − − TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned − to a new name)? − − ]] − − local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at) − local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) − − if utilities.is_set (page) then − if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then − pages = ''; -- unset the others − at = ''; − end − extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. − − ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label − if ws_url then − page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? − page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); − coins_pages = ws_label; − end − elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then − if utilities.is_set (at) then − at = ''; -- unset − end − extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. − − ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label − if ws_url then − pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? − pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); − coins_pages = ws_label; − end − elseif utilities.is_set (at) then − ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label − if ws_url then − at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? − at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); − coins_pages = ws_label; − end − end − − return page, pages, at, coins_pages; − end − − --[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------ − − add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value − − ]] − − local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date) − if utilities.is_set (archive) then − if archive == url or archive == c_url then − table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, true)}); -- add error message − return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url= − end − end − − return archive, date; Sətir 2.254:
Sətir 1.968: − + − + − + − + − + − + − + Sətir 2.277:
Sətir 1.991: − + − + − + Sətir 2.287:
Sətir 2.001: − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because+ − many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)+ + + − returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits+ + − ]]+ − − local function place_check (param_val) − if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted − return param_val; -- return that empty state − end − − if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value − utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat − end − − return param_val; -- and done − end − − − --[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >---------------------------------------------- − − compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns. Returns true when pattern matches; nil else − − − Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in − index [1]. index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) − or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so − that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles. − + − title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case + − for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do -- spin through the list of known generic title fragments + − if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then − return true; -- found English generic title so done − elseif generic_title['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title − if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script − return true; -- found local generic title so done − end − end − end − end − − − --[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >---------------------------------------------- − − compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else − − ]] − local function is_archived_copy (title)+ − title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case+ − + − return true; − elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then − if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script − return true; − end Sətir 2.398:
Sətir 2.071: − + − + + + + + + + − + Sətir 2.420:
Sətir 2.099: − NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be + − utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: + − + + + + − + − NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be + + + + − + − + − + − + − if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then + − Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution+ − end+ + + + + + + − + − + + − + − + − + − + − + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + − + − + − TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup + − if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords + − auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later+ − TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty+ − end+ + − TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set + + − local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used + − if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then + − Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} + − Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present+ − end+ + + + + + + + + − + − if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then − Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter − local i; − Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated − if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message − table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)}); − end − end − if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}+ − if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error − table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )}); − end − − Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}} − Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList'); − end − − − − -- web and news not tested for now because of − -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? − if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter − -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message − local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message − if p[config.CitationClass] then − table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)}); − end − end − local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); − if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then − if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then − if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals' − Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' − end − elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then − if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= − Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' − end − else − Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites − end − elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings − Volume = A['Volume']; − end − extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v'); − − if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then − if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals' − utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals' − Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); − end − elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table − if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then − Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); − end − end − extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i'); − − + + + + + + + + + + − + − + − + − + − if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then+ − local i = 0;+ − PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized − if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message − table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)}); − end − + − local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); + + + − if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then + − + − local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true);+ − if utilities.is_set (error_text) then+ − table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );+ − end + + − PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS + − end+ − + − local URL = A['URL']+ − local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);+ − + − if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then+ − UrlAccess = nil; + − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); − end − − local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; − local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); − if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then − ChapterUrlAccess = nil; − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } ); − end − − local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); − if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then − MapUrlAccess = nil; − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } ); − end − − local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language − local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); − -- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories + − if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page+ − if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then+ − no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats − for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns + − if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern+ − no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats+ − break; -- bail out if one is found − end − end − -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) − utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category − + − + − Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);+ − + − − if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different − utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together − if PublicationPlace == Place then − Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same − end − elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... − PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place − end − − if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same − − local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL − local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL − local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; − local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); − + − + − + − + − + − --[[+ − Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:+ − When the citation has these parameters:+ − |encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=+ − |encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= − |trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped+ − |url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped+ − − All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified − − ]] − + − if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}} + − if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then+ − table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)});+ − Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template+ − end+ − end+ + − if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then + − + − table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )});+ − + − Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia + − Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');+ − if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set+ − if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then+ − if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then+ − Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=+ − ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;+ − ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')+ − TransChapter = TransTitle;+ − ChapterURL = URL;+ − ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;+ + − ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;+ + + + + − if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then+ − Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);+ − end+ − Title = Periodical;+ − ChapterFormat = Format;+ − Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset+ − TransTitle = '';+ − URL = ''; + − Format = '';+ − TitleLink = ''; − ScriptTitle = ''; − end − elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- |title= not set − Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= − Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset − + − local ID = A['ID'];+ − if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport+ − if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'+ − if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?+ − ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it+ − else -- ID has a value so emit error message+ − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});+ − end − end − -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. + − local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode+ − local Conference = A['Conference'];+ − local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];+ − local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');+ − if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then+ − + − Chapter = Title; + − Chapter_origin = 'title';+ − -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated − ChapterURL = URL; − ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; − ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; − URL_origin = ''; − ChapterFormat = Format; − TransChapter = TransTitle; − TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin; − Title = BookTitle; − Format = ''; − -- TitleLink = ''; − TransTitle = ''; − URL = ''; − elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then + − Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string + + + + + − + − local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); + − -- separator character and postscript + − local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass); + − + − local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); + + + + + + + + − -- cite map oddities + − local Cartography = "";+ − local Scale = "";+ − local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; − local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; − if config.CitationClass == "map" then − if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } ); -- add error message − end − Chapter = A['Map']; − Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map'); − ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; − ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); − TransChapter = A['TransMap']; − ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] − ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') − ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; + − ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];+ + + + + + + + − Cartography = A['Cartography'];+ − if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then+ − Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);+ − end + − Scale = A['Scale'];+ − if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then+ − Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; + + + + + + + + + + − + − local Series = A['Series']; + − if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then+ − local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];+ + + + + + + − SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set + + + + + + − local Network = A['Network'];+ − local Station = A['Station'];+ − local s, n = {}, {};+ − -- do common parameters first+ − if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end+ − if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end − ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); − − if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} − local Season = A['Season']; − local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; − − if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message − SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= − end − -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series − if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end − if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end − if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end − Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter − − − ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; − ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); − ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= − TransChapter = TransTitle; − ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; + − + − Title = Series; -- promote series to title + − TitleLink = SeriesLink; + − Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number + − + − if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL + − Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); − elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; − Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); − end − URL = ''; -- unset − ScriptTitle = ''; + − − else -- now oddities that are cite serial − Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial − Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? − if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then − Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); − end − Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized − end − end − -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff − − -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values − local TitleType = A['TitleType']; − local Degree = A['Degree']; − if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then − TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); − if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis − TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); + + − if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified + − TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses+ − -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem + − end+ − + − -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. + − local Date = A['Date'];+ − local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging+ − local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];+ − local Year = A['Year'];+ − + − if not utilities.is_set (Date) then+ − Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date + − Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF + − + − Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date + − PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed+ − Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter+ − else + − Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter + − else − Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging − + + + + − --[[+ − Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where − we get the date used in the metadata. − − Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation − ]] − local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');+ − if not utilities.is_set (DF) then+ − DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template + − end+ + + + + + + + − local ArchiveURL;+ − local ArchiveDate;+ − local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];+ − ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])+ − ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');+ + + + + + + + − ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL+ + + + + + + + + + + − + − local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];+ − local LayDate = A['LayDate'];+ − local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification+ − local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];+ − local Embargo = A['Embargo'];+ − local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier+ − do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch+ − local error_message = ''; − -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it − local date_parameters_list = { − ['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, − ['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, − ['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, − ['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, − ['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, − ['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')}, − ['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, − ['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, − }; − − local error_list = {}; − anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list); − − -- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization − if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then − utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty'); − end − − − if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; − validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list); − end − − if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty − local modified = false; -- flag − + − modified = true; + + + + + + + + − + − modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate + + + + + + + + − + − modified = true; + − utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category − − -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, − -- uncomment the next three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) − -- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates) − -- if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then − -- modified = true; − -- end − + − AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values+ − ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; − Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; − DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; − LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val; − PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; − else − table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)}); -- add this error message − + − local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers + − local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key + − local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier+ − + − local ID_support = {+ − {A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')}, − {DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, − {Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, − } − − ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support); − − -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. − if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then − − table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)}); -- add error message + − Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; + + + − + − + − + − if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled + − if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection+ − URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link+ − URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=+ − elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC − URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed − URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= − elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI − URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; − URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; − end − end − − − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); -- add an error message − AccessDate = ''; -- unset − + − -- Test if citation has no title − if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } ); − end − if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and + − utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and+ − (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and+ − ('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites+ − Title = ''; -- set title to empty string + − utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat+ − end+ − + − check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL+ − ['title'] = Title,+ − [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')] = Chapter,+ − [Periodical_origin] = Periodical,+ − [PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName+ − }); − -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.+ − -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that+ − -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title+ − -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap + − + − local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required+ − local coins_title = Title; -- et tu+ − if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then+ − if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then+ − coins_chapter = Title; -- remap+ − coins_title = Periodical; − end+ − local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au + − if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list+ − coins_author = c; -- use that instead+ − end+ − + − local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];+ − local QuotePages = hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']); − -- this is the function call to COinS()+ − local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({+ − ['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata+ − ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS+ − ['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup + − ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only+ − ['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup+ − ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,+ − ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;+ − ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,+ − ['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,+ − ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? + − ['Series'] = Series,+ − ['Volume'] = Volume,+ − ['Issue'] = Issue,+ − ['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links + − ['Edition'] = Edition,+ − ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName+ − ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),+ − ['Authors'] = coins_author,+ − ['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,+ − ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,+ − }, config.CitationClass);+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + − -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.+ − if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed − Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal − + − + − PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); + + + + + + + + + + + + + − local Editors; + − local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list+ − local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list+ − local contributor_etal;+ − local Translators; -- assembled translators name list + − local translator_etal; + − local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs+ − t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= + − local Interviewers; + − local interviewers_list = {}; + − interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters+ − local interviewer_etal; − + − + − + − do+ − local last_first_list;+ − local control = { + − format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc' + − maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set + − mode = Mode+ − };+ − + − do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table+ − control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors')); − Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal); − + − EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation+ − end + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + − do -- now do interviewers+ − control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'));+ − Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); − end − do -- now do translators − control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators')); − Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); − end − do -- now do contributors − control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors')); − Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); − end − do -- now do authors − control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors')); − last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal); − + − + − + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Sətir 3.168:
Sətir 2.808: − + Sətir 3.174:
Sətir 2.814: − local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; + − local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; + + + + − + − + − + − + − ('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= + − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); − + − + − + − local OriginalURL+ − local OriginalURL_origin+ − local OriginalFormat+ − local OriginalAccess; − UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text − − − OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages + − + − + − + − + − ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages − ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs − + − OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages + − + − + − + − URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + Sətir 3.256:
Sətir 2.891: − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − local plain_title = false;+ − local accept_title;+ − Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>+ − if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" − Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message − -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting − ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now − TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now − plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title − utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat − end − − if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup − if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= − Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three − elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... − not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) − Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters − end − − if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then − utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title − end − − if is_generic_title (Title) then − table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message − end − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − − if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? − if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message because we can't have both − TitleLink = ''; -- unset − end − + − + + + − elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then − local ws_url; − ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here − if ws_url then − Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? − Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); − Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; − else − Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError; − end − local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) + − ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label − if ws_url then − Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup − Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? − Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); − Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; − else − Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; − end Sətir 3.365:
Sətir 2.953: − + − local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL+ − + − + − − + − + − local Position = '';+ − − + − + − + − + − + Sətir 3.408:
Sətir 2.994: − + − + − + + − + − + − + Sətir 3.426:
Sətir 3.013: − local Others = A['Others'];+ − + − if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" + − or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now + − utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')+ − else+ − utilities.set_message ('maint_others');+ − end − + + − + − + − + − + − local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; + − TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";+ − + − + − table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_extra_text_edition')}); -- add error Sətir 3.455:
Sətir 3.041: − + − local Agency = A['Agency'];+ − Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or ""; − Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); − + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + − + − + − + − + − local Docket = A['Docket'];+ − − − + − + − + + + − local Quote = A['Quote'];+ − local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];+ − local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];+ − − − if utilities.is_set (Quote) then − if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks − Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off − end − + − + + − + − Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped + + + − + − + − + − TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off + + + + − Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );+ − end+ − + − if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix + − + − + − extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.+ − − quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; − quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; + − elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then + − extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.+ − if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page+ − quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';+ − elseif not NoPP then − quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; − else − quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; − end − − − Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote; − Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote; + + + + − + − PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set − end − − -- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by − -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't − -- a displayed postscript. − -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable? − -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern? − if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then − utilities.set_message('maint_postscript') − end − − local Archived − if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then − local arch_text; − if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then − ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); − end − if "live" == UrlStatus then − arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; − if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end − Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], − { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); − if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then − Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); − end − elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' − if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then − arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; − if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end − Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled − if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then − utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added − else − utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added − end − else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' − arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; − if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end − Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, − { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled − end − else -- OriginalUrl not set − arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; − if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end − Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, − { utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); − end − Sətir 3.588:
Sətir 3.138: − local LaySource = A['LaySource'];+ − local LayURL = A['LayURL'];+ − local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];+ − LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');+ − − − − Sətir 3.604:
Sətir 3.150: − + − local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']+ − local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];+ − TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');+ − local Transcript = A['Transcript']; − local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL − − − − + − + − + − + − + − + Sətir 3.638:
Sətir 3.179: − local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; − local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical'); − + − + − + − + − end − − local Language = A['Language']; − if utilities.is_set (Language) then − Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. − else − Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; − --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter − so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType − ]] Sətir 3.663:
Sətir 3.192: − + − + − + − + − + Sətir 3.679:
Sətir 3.208: − + − + − + − + Sətir 3.691:
Sətir 3.220: − + − + Sətir 3.700:
Sətir 3.229: − + Sətir 3.713:
Sətir 3.242: − local Via = A['Via'];+ − Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';+ − − if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript − idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); − else − idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); − end − − − local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];+ − OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';+ − + − − − + − + − + − + − + − + − + + + + + + + − end+ − if EditorCount <= 1 then − post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case − else − post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")"; − − + − + − + Sətir 3.772:
Sətir 3.292: − + − + Sətir 3.788:
Sətir 3.308: − + Sətir 3.795:
Sətir 3.315: − + − + − + − + − + − + + − + − + − local Ref = A['Ref']; + − − utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value − elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then − Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally − end − if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then − + − local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation+ + − if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list+ − namelist = c; -- select it+ − elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list+ − namelist = a;+ − elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list+ − namelist = e;+ − end+ − local citeref_id+ − if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist+ − citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor+ − else+ − citeref_id = ''; -- unset+ − end − if citeref_id == Ref then − utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default'); − end − if 'harv' == Ref then − id = citeref_id − + − + Sətir 3.852:
Sətir 3.362: − + − + − + − + − + − + − + − + Sətir 3.873:
Sətir 3.383: − + − local maint_msgs = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages + − local maint = {}; -- here we assemble a maintenence message+ − + − + − + − − table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table − + − + − + − + + − + − + Sətir 3.902:
Sətir 3.411: − + − Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.+ − Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: − true - active, supported parameters − false - deprecated, supported parameters − nil - unsupported parameters − − local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)+ − + − + − local state; + − local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values + − if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter + − if false == state then + − if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns+ − deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported+ − return true;+ − end + − if 'discouraged' == state then + − discouraged_parameter (name); -- parameter is discouraged but still supported+ − return true;+ − end + − return nil; + − end + − + − if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted+ − return nil; + − if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates + − state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];+ − if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end+ + − state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class+ − if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end+ + + + − -- limited enumerated parameters list+ − enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)+ − state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];+ − if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end+ + + + + + + + − return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil+ − end -- end limited parameter-set templates − if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list + − state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class+ − if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end+ − end -- if here, fall into general validation + − + − state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed + − if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end + + − -- all enumerated parameters allowed+ − enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) + − state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name]; + − if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end − return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil + − + + + + − + − + − + − check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language+ − code. when these values have the form (without leading colon):+ − [[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text + − [[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text+ − + − return value as is else+ − + − ]=]+ − + − local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)+ − local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists+ − local _;+ − + − if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so+ − table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)}); -- emit an error message+ − _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink+ − end+ − return value;+ − end+ − + − + − --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------+ − + − Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal+ − sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a+ − parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made:+ − {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name+ − {{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)+ − cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML+ − tags are removed before the search.+ − + − If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.+ − + − ]]+ − + − local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)+ − local capture; − value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc. − − capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes − if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name − table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)}); − end − end − − − --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >-------------------------------------- − − look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked − − ]] − − local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) − if 'number' == type (param) then − return; − end − − param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize − if cfg.punct_skip[param] then − return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done − end − − if value:match ('[,;:]$') then − utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat − end − end − − − --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >-------------------------------------------------------------- − − This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. − − ]] − − local function citation(frame) − Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode − local pframe = frame:getParent() − local styles; − − if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? − cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules − whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); − utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); − validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); − identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); − metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); − styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css'; − − else -- otherwise − cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules − whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); − utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); − validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); − identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); − metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); − styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; − end − − utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables − identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module − validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module − metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module − − z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities − − local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments − local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them − local error_text, error_state; − − local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} − for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame − config[k] = v; − -- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep? − end − − local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns − local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing − for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame − v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string − if v ~= '' then − if ('string' == type (k)) then − k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 − if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then + − error_text = "";+ − if type( k ) ~= 'string' then+ − -- exclude empty numbered parameters+ − if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then+ − error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true );+ − end − elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then − error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter − else − if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it − if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? − suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version − else − suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version − end − end − for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter − capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match − if capture then -- if the pattern matches − param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) − if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) − error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message − else − error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template − v = ''; -- unset − end − end − end − if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion? − if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then − error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); − else − error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); − v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) − end − end − end − if error_text ~= '' then − table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); − end − end − − − − elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters − if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter − k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text − table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list − end − -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep? − -- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that) − -- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here − − − if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message − table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { − 1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's', − utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) − }, true )}); − end − + − has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values − missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? − args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label − + − − frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}), − citation0( config, args) − }); − --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------+ − ]] − −
Module:Citation/CS1 (başlanğıc kodu nəzərdən keçir)
00:30, 29 aprel 2021 versiyası
, 00:30, 29 aprel 2021Nəzərə çarpan dəyişiklik yoxdur.
local cs1 ={};
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
]]
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
date_name_xlate
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink;
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
--[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >---------------
--[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
other modules; that are created here and used here
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
and used here
]]
]]
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_discouraged_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
local i = 1;
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
if is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above
]]
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
end
end
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
]]
]]
local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
local function add_vanc_error (source)
if added_vanc_errs then return end
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
There are several tests:
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
]=]
]=]
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
return false;
end
end
-- Do most common case first
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
return false;
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
Strip off any port and path;
Strip off any port and path;
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
]]
]]
end
end
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end
end
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when
that condition exists
that condition exists
]]
]]
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
local orig;
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
if is_set (orig) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end
end
end
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
local function check_url( url_str )
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
return false;
return false;
end
end
local scheme, domain;
local scheme, domain;
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
end
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
local scheme, domain;
local scheme, domain;
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
end
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end
local error_message = '';
local error_message = '';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
if utilities.is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message = error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
end
error_message = error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
error_message=error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end
end
end
local function safe_for_url( str )
local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
end
end
local path;
local path;
local base_url;
local base_url;
if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then
if not is_set( label ) then
label = URL;
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set ( source ) then
if is_set( source ) then
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble
end
end
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines
base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal
{
'<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
URL, -- the url
' ', -- the required space
label,
'<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css
cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon
'</span>', -- close signal spacing span
']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span
});
else
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup
end
end
return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
return table.concat({ base_url, error_str });
end
end
parameters in the citation.
parameters in the citation.
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
]]
]]
if not added_deprecated_cat then
if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
end
end
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
]=]
]=]
local function kern_quotes (str)
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap = '';
local cap='';
local cap2 = '';
local cap2='';
local wl_type, label, link;
local wl_type, label, link;
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
end
end
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
if is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
if is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
if 2 == wl_type then
if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
else
str = label;
str = label;
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.
in italic markup.
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
]]
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
local function format_script_value (script_value)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
if not is_set (lang) then
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
end
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
else
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
end
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
return script_value;
return script_value;
]]
]]
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
if is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
if utilities.is_set (script) then
if is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
if not is_set( str ) then
return "";
return "";
end
end
local msg;
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
end
end
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
]]
]]
local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local wl_type, D, L;
local chapter_error = '';
if not is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
if is_set (transchapter) then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
if utilities.is_set (str) then
end
end
end
end
if ws_url then
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
end
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
end
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the
first match.
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup().
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.
]]
]]
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local chapter_error = '';
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local i=1;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
return;
end
end
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
end
end
if position then
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
position = nil; -- unset
else
else
local err_msg;
local err_msg;
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
else
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
end
end
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true)}); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
end
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
end
end
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
single internal variable.
]]
]]
local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local origin = {};
local origin = {};
return setmetatable({
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
return origin[k];
end
end
if type( list ) == 'table' then
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
end
elseif list ~= nil then
elseif list ~= nil then
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
if v == nil then
v = '';
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
origin[k] = '';
end
end
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
]]
local function nowrap_date (date)
local function validate( name, cite_class )
local cap = '';
local name = tostring( name );
local cap2 = '';
local state;
if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[ name ];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates
state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name];
end
if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then
state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name];
end
if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then
state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name];
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
-- limited enumerated parameters list
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[ name ];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
end
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
any other forms are returned unmodified.
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
]]
]]
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
local function nowrap_date (date)
local cap='';
local cap2='';
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
return date;
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
]]
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if is_set(title_type) then
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
if accept then
return temp_str;
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
Converts a hyphen to a dash
]]
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
return str;
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
--[[
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
]]
local str = ''; -- the output string
local str = ''; -- the output string
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
else
comp = value;
comp = value;
end
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
trim = false;
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
trim = true; -- same question
end
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
elseif str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
trim = true;
end
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end
end
end
if trim then
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
end
end
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
end
end
return str;
return str;
end
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed.
Puncutation not allowed.
]]
]]
local function is_suffix (suffix)
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
return true;
end
end
--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name
(read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
This original test:
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
]]
]]
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
if is_set (suffix) then
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
end;
return true;
return true;
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
]]
]]
local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
end
end
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
end
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
end
end
if 3 > i then
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
end
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
end
end
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
]]
]]
local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local sep;
local sep;
local namesep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format;
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum;
local maximum = control.maximum
local name_list = {};
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
else
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
end
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
if is_set(person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
local mask = person.mask
local one;
local one
local sep_one = sep;
local sep_one = sep;
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
etal = true;
break;
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
one = string.rep("—",n)
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("—", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
else
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
one = mask;
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
sep_one = " ";
end
end
else
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
one = person.last
local first = person.first -- get given name
local first = person.first
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if is_set(first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
end
end
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if 0 < count then
if count > 0 then
if 1 < count and not etal then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
end
end
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
end
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
end
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
return result, count
end
end
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
returns an empty string.
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year.
order. year is Year or anchor_year.
]]
]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
end
end
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found,
the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
the function returns the modified name and the flag.
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
|display-<names>=etal parameter
]]
]]
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
end
end
end
return name, etal; --
return name, etal;
end
end
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
]]
]]
local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
local _, pattern;
local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
--[[-------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------
'^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
}
]]
if utilities.is_set (name) then
if is_set (name) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
if name:match (pattern) then
if name:match (pattern) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
break;
break;
end
end
end
end
end
end
return name; -- and done
end
end
--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name
(author or editor) maintenance category.
]]
]]
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local count, _;
if utilities.is_set (name) then
if is_set (name) then
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end
end
return name; -- and done
end
end
--[[------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >---------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content
parameters.
of the various name-holding parameters.
]]
]]
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
if is_set (last) then
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
if utilities.is_set (last) then
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
else
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
end
end
end
end
if is_set (first) then
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
else
first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
end
end
end
end
return last, first; -- done
return last, first; -- done
end
end
--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments
Gets name list from the input arguments
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
|lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps
template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted.
]]
]]
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local first;
local link;
local link;
local mask;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
while true do
while true do
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', {
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
end
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
else -- we have last with or without a first
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end
--[[---------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >----------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect
case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses,
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we
version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no
return the original language name string.
match, we return the original language name string.
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
if 'bangla' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'bn' at mw:Extension:CLDR
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
return 'Bengali', 'bn'; -- make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
end
end
local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
local ietf_name;
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then -- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code
end
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
end
end
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else
end
end
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
was provided with the language parameter.
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
recognized but code 'ara' is not.
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
separated from each other by commas.
]]
]]
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
if name then -- there was a remapped code so
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
end
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any IETF-like tags from code
end
end
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
end
if utilities.is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
if 'bn' == code then name = 'Bengali' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'bn'
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
end
end
end
else
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
end
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if this_wiki_name == name then
if this_wiki_name == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
]]
]]
if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
end
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
return sep, postscript
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
]=]
]]
local function is_pdf (url)
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
]]
]]
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
if utilities.is_set (format) then
local sep;
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
end
return format;
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
end
end
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
]]
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
end
end
return max, etal;
return sep, ps, ref
end
end
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
]]
]=]
local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]');
end
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.
]]
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if is_set (format) then
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
if not is_set (url) then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return format;
end
end
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
]=]
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
]]
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
if is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
end
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
end
return output_table;
return max, etal;
end
end
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
]]
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
end
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
]=]
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
local i = 1;
while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
local name = name_table[i];
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
end
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
else
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
end
end
end
end
i = i+1;
end
return output_table;
end
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
]]
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
else
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
end
end
end
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
]]
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
end
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one
in the source template) the function returns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
]]
]]
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val)
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
if not is_set (value) then
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
return true;
else
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
return false
end
end
end
end
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
end
end
end
end
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
return '';
return '';
end
end
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
elseif is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
else
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
local vol = '';
local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if is_set (volume) then
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
else
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
else -- four or less characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (issue) then
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
end
return vol;
return vol;
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
if is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
elseif is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
end
end
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
elseif not nopp then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
elseif is_set(pages) then
if is_journal then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end
end
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.
unwitting readers to do.
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
archive URL:
archive url:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
err_msg = 'save command';
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
err_msg = 'liveweb';
else
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
err_msg = 'timestamp';
if '*' ~= flag then
if '*' ~= flag then
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
err_msg = 'path';
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
err_msg = 'flag';
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
err_msg = 'flag';
else
else
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html
tags are removed before the search.
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language
]]
]]
local function is_generic_title (title)
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
end
end
end
end
]]
]]
local function citation0( config, args )
local function citation0( config, args)
--[[
--[[
Load Input Parameters
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
]]
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local i
local i
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
Mode = '';
end
local author_etal;
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local Authors;
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
if is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
end
end
local Others = A['Others'];
local editor_etal;
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;
do -- to limit scope of selected
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
if 1 == selected then
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
end
end
end
end
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local interviewers_list = {};
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged
else
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
end
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if 0 < #c then
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
else -- if not a book cite
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
end
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Year = A['Year'];
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local accept_link;
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveURL;
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = '';
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local Series = A['Series'];
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
local Volume;
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Page;
local Pages;
local Pages;
local At;
local At;
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
-- conference & map books do not support issue
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
Issue = A['Issue'];
end
local Position = '';
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
At = A['At'];
At = A['At'];
end
end
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
local Place = A['Place'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end
end
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
end
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
UrlAccess = nil;
end
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
end
end
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
end
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
end
local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
end
end
if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } );
end
end
local coins_pages;
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local ID = A['ID'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
local Quote = A['Quote'];
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end
end
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
end
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
end
end
end
-- special case for cite techreport.
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
NoPP = true;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end
end
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
At = ''; -- unset
end
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
end
-- CS1/2 mode
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
]]
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end
end
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- Special case for cite techreport.
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end
-- special case for cite mailing list
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
end
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end
-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Chapter = A['Map'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
end
end
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = AirDate;
end
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if validation.edtf_transform (date_parameters_list) then -- edtf dates to MOS compliant format
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
do
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end
end
end
end -- end of do
end
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
end
end
end
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end
end
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if not is_set (Date) then
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
end
end
end
end
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year};
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '|year= / |date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
end
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
local modified = false; -- flag
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
-- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
-- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list) then
-- modified = true;
-- end
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'];
Date = date_parameters_list['date'];
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'];
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'];
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'];
end
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end -- end of do
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
-- Test if citation has no title
if not is_set(Title) and
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
end
end
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end
end
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
['title']=Title,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
});
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
if author_etal then
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
mode = Mode
};
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
if is_set (Editors) then
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss
Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
if is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
end
end -- end of do
end -- end of do
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
end
end
end
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
if not is_set(URL) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
AccessDate = '';
end
end
end
end
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
elseif is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
end
end
end
end
end
end
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
local chap_param;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
end
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
TransChapter = '';
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
end
end
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
if is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
end
end
-- Format main title
-- Format main title.
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title);
end
end
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
end
local TransError = "";
local TransError = "";
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
else
TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
if is_set(Title) then
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
Format = "";
else
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
end
end
else
else
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Place) then
if is_set(Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
end
if is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
end
end
if not is_set(Position) then
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
local Time = A['Time'];
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
if is_set(Minutes) then
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
if is_set (Time) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
else
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
if sepc ~= '.' then
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
end
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
end
end
end
if is_set (Language) then
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
if is_set (Translators) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others;
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
if is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others;
end
end
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
end
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
end
end
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if is_set(Via) then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end
--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
]]
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end
if is_set(AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
end
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
end
end
if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
end
if utilities.is_set (URL) then
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
end
end
if is_set(Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
end
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
local Archived
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
end
end
if "no" == DeadURL then
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');
end
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
local quote_prefix = '';
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
if not NoPP then
else
else
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
end
else
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
else
local Lay = '';
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then
LaySource = " – ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then
LaySource = " – ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
else
else
LaySource = "";
LaySource = "";
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end
if is_set(Transcript) then
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end
end
local Publisher;
local Publisher;
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
else
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if is_set(Periodical) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
else
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
end
end
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
end
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
else -- all other CS1 templates
end
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local idcommon;
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
if is_set(Date) then
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if is_set(Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if is_set(Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
local post_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
else
end
end
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local options = {};
local options = {};
if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
else
options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2');
options.class = "citation";
end
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
if 'harv' == Ref then -- need to check this before setting to default
local id = Ref
local id = Ref
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
else
id = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
options.id = id;
options.id = id;
end
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
z.error_categories = {};
z.error_categories = {};
text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
z.message_tail = {};
end
end
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
if utilities.is_set (options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
else
else
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
end
end
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
table.insert (render, ' ');
table.insert (render, ' ');
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
if i == #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] ));
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
else
else
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
end
end
end
end
end
end
if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">');
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render, v);
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name
table.insert (render, ' (');
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text
table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));
table.insert (maint, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], {v})); -- add the link
table.insert (render, ') ');
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it
end
end
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
table.insert (render, '</span>');
end
end
if not no_tracking_cats then
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do -- append error categories
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
]]
]]
function cs1.citation(frame)
local name = tostring (name);
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
end
end
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
in_array = utilities.in_array;
substitute = utilities.substitute;
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
set_error = utilities.set_error;
select_one = utilities.select_one;
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
COinS = metadata.COinS;
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text, error_state;
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
end
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
end
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if v ~= '' then
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
end
end
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end
if error_text ~= '' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
end
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = v;
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
args[k] = v;
end
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end
end
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
end
end
end
end
return citation0( config, args)
return table.concat ({
end
end
return cs1;
return {citation = citation};